diff options
| author | Dean Camera <dean@fourwalledcubicle.com> | 2009-06-09 04:27:53 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Dean Camera <dean@fourwalledcubicle.com> | 2009-06-09 04:27:53 +0000 |
| commit | 34f6e0dd33230441b8a91130467b3164e343853e (patch) | |
| tree | faa956d17123ea95715e0feda413a23151016edb /Demos/Host | |
| parent | ccf5bd19f2d750440043b242cf26fcda09b69cce (diff) | |
| download | lufa-34f6e0dd33230441b8a91130467b3164e343853e.tar.gz lufa-34f6e0dd33230441b8a91130467b3164e343853e.tar.bz2 lufa-34f6e0dd33230441b8a91130467b3164e343853e.zip | |
Deleted Host ClassDriver demos -- not yet started, faster to rebase new ClassDriver demos from the newly schedulerless LowLevel host demos rather than re-convert each demo from the previous scheduler-based implementations.
Fixes to MassStorageHost demo to improve compatibility with more USB drives.
Diffstat (limited to 'Demos/Host')
69 files changed, 13 insertions, 25565 deletions
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index b83473106..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,279 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the CDCHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "CDCHost.h"
-
-/* Scheduler Task List */
-TASK_LIST
-{
- { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
- { .Task = USB_CDC_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
-};
-
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
- LEDs_Init();
-
- /* Indicate USB not ready */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-
- /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
- Scheduler_Init();
-
- /* Initialize USB Subsystem */
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Start-up message */
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
- "CDC Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
-
- /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
- Scheduler_Start();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
- * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
-
- /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
- * stops the library USB task management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
-{
- /* Stop keyboard and USB management task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_CDC_Host, TASK_STOP);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
- * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
-{
- /* Start CDC Host task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_CDC_Host, TASK_RUN);
-
- /* Indicate device enumeration complete */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
-{
- USB_ShutDown();
-
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
- for(;;);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
- * enumerating an attached USB device.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-}
-
-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
- * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
- *
- * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the CDCHost_StatusCodes_t enum
- */
-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
-{
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
-
- /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
- switch (CurrentStatus)
- {
- case Status_USBNotReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
- break;
- case Status_USBEnumerating:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_USBReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_EnumerationError:
- case Status_HardwareError:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-}
-
-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in
- * data received from the attached CDC device and print it to the serial port.
- */
-TASK(USB_CDC_Host)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- switch (USB_HostState)
- {
- case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
- /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
- .wValue = 1,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Configured:
- puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
-
- /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
- if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
- {
- if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
- else
- puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
-
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("CDC Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Ready:
- /* Select and the data IN pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN);
-
- /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- /* Check if data is in the pipe */
- if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
- {
- /* Get the length of the pipe data, and create a new buffer to hold it */
- uint16_t BufferLength = Pipe_BytesInPipe();
- uint8_t Buffer[BufferLength];
-
- /* Read in the pipe data to the temporary buffer */
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, BufferLength);
-
- /* Print out the buffer contents to the USART */
- for (uint16_t BufferByte = 0; BufferByte < BufferLength; BufferByte++)
- putchar(Buffer[BufferByte]);
- }
-
- /* Clear the pipe after it is read, ready for the next packet */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- /* Select and unfreeze the notification pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Check if a packet has been received */
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- /* Discard the unused event notification */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- /* Freeze notification IN pipe after use */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- break;
- }
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index afec780e7..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for CDCHost.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CDC_HOST_H_
-#define _CDC_HOST_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
- #include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
-
- #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Pipe number for the CDC data IN pipe */
- #define CDC_DATAPIPE_IN 1
-
- /** Pipe number for the CDC data OUT pipe */
- #define CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT 2
-
- /** Pipe number for the CDC notification pipe */
- #define CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE 3
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
- enum CDCHost_StatusCodes_t
- {
- Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
- Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
- Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
- Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- };
-
- /* Task Definitions: */
- TASK(USB_CDC_Host);
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
-
- void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4fac1d03d..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage CDC Host Demo
- *
- * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Host</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * CDC host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
- * for implementing a USB CDC host, for CDC devices using the standard ACM profile.
- *
- * This demo prints out received CDC data through the serial port.
- *
- * Not that this demo is only compatible with devices which report the correct CDC
- * and ACM class, subclass and protocol values. Most USB-Serial cables have vendor
- * specific features, thus use vendor-specific class/subclass/protocol codes to force
- * the user to use specialized drivers. This demo is not compatible with such devices.
- *
- * \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * None
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index baf02a216..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
- * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
- * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
- * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
- * with compatible devices.
- *
- * This routine searches for a CDC interface descriptor containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints, and an interrupt event endpoint.
- *
- * \return An error code from the CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
- */
-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
-{
- uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
- uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0;
-
- /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
- if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ControlError;
-
- /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
- if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
- return DescriptorTooLarge;
-
- /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
- ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
-
- /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
- USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
-
- /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
-
- /* Get the CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoCDCInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- /* Get the IN and OUT data endpoints for the CDC interface */
- while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE) | (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_IN) | (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT)))
- {
- /* Fetch the next bulk or interrupt endpoint from the current CDC interface */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Check to see if the control interface's notification pipe has been found, if so search for the data interface */
- if (FoundEndpoints & (1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE))
- {
- /* Get the next CDC data interface from the configuration descriptor (CDC class has two CDC interfaces) */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoCDCInterfaceFound;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* Clear the found endpoints mask, since any already processed endpoints aren't in the CDC interface we need */
- FoundEndpoints = 0;
-
- /* Disable any already configured pipes from the invalid CDC interfaces */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE);
- Pipe_DisablePipe();
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN);
- Pipe_DisablePipe();
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT);
- Pipe_DisablePipe();
-
- /* Get the next CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor (CDC class has two CDC interfaces) */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoCDCInterfaceFound;
- }
- }
-
- /* Fetch the next bulk or interrupt endpoint from the current CDC interface */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoEndpointFound;
- }
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- /* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
- if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
- {
- /* If the endpoint is a IN type interrupt endpoint */
- if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
- {
- /* Configure the notification pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
- Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EndpointData->PollingIntervalMS);
-
- /* Set the flag indicating that the notification pipe has been found */
- FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint */
- if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
- {
- /* Configure the data IN pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */
- FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_IN);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Configure the data OUT pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
-
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */
- FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT);
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Valid data found, return success */
- return SuccessfulConfigRead;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct control interface found */
- if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == CDC_CONTROL_CLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == CDC_CONTROL_SUBCLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == CDC_CONTROL_PROTOCOL))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC data Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
- if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == CDC_DATA_CLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == CDC_DATA_SUBCLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == CDC_DATA_PROTOCOL))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint, or interrupt IN endpoint within the current interface,
- * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint (so that it may be compared
- * using a different comparator to determine if it is another CDC class interface).
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor,
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
- if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1a118cad3..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "CDCHost.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Interface Class value for the CDC class */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_CLASS 0x02
-
- /** Interface Class value for the CDC Communication Interface subclass */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_SUBCLASS 0x02
-
- /** Interface Class value for the CDC protocol */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_PROTOCOL 0x01
-
- /** Interface Class value for the CDC data class */
- #define CDC_DATA_CLASS 0x0A
-
- /** Interface Class value for the CDC data subclass (unused) */
- #define CDC_DATA_SUBCLASS 0x00
-
- /** Interface Class value for the CDC data protocol */
- #define CDC_DATA_PROTOCOL 0x00
-
- /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
- #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
- enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
- {
- SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
- ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
- DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
- InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
- NoCDCInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible CDC interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
- NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< Compatible CDC endpoints were not found in the device's CDC interface */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
-
- uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 320951a5f..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
-# by quotes) that should identify the project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - CDC Host Demo"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penality.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespace are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
-# in the documentation. The default is NO.
-
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
-# of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-
-EXCLUDE =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
-# is applied to all files.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
-# HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file .
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
-# respectively.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
-# the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
-# this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
-# does not have to be run to correct the links.
-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
-# (where the name does NOT include the path)
-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
-# containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
-# can find it using this tag.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
-# If left blank png will be used.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index f1255aad2..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/CDCHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,735 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-# Typical values are:
-# F_CPU = 1000000
-# F_CPU = 1843200
-# F_CPU = 2000000
-# F_CPU = 3686400
-# F_CPU = 4000000
-# F_CPU = 7372800
-# F_CPU = 8000000
-# F_CPU = 11059200
-# F_CPU = 14745600
-# F_CPU = 16000000
-# F_CPU = 18432000
-# F_CPU = 20000000
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = 8000000
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = CDCHost
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../..
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-checkhooks: build
- @echo
- @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
- @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
- cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
- echo "(None)"
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checklibmode:
- @echo
- @echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
- @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
- | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
- || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checkboard:
- @echo
- @echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
- @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 29fa60ba3..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
- * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
- * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
- * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
- * with compatible devices.
- *
- * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
- *
- * \return An error code from the GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
- */
-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
-{
- uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
-
- uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0;
-
- /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
- if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ControlError;
-
- /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
- if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
- return DescriptorTooLarge;
-
- /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
- ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
-
- /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
- USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
-
- /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
-
- /* Get the HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))
- {
- /* Get the next HID interface's data endpoint descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor
- * but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */
- if (FoundEndpoints == (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE))
- break;
-
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoEndpointFound;
- }
-
- /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
- if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
- {
- /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
-
- FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
- }
- }
-
- /* Valid data found, return success */
- return SuccessfulConfigRead;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- /* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == HID_CLASS)
- {
- /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
- * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- /* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index b58d44027..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "GenericHIDHost.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
- #define HID_CLASS 0x03
-
- /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
- #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
- enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
- {
- SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
- ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
- DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
- InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
- NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
- NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
-
- uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 0626a8a8a..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
-# by quotes) that should identify the project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Host Demo"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penality.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespace are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
-# in the documentation. The default is NO.
-
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
-# of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-
-EXCLUDE =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
-# is applied to all files.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
-# HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file .
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
-# respectively.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
-# the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
-# this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
-# does not have to be run to correct the links.
-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
-# (where the name does NOT include the path)
-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
-# containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
-# can find it using this tag.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
-# If left blank png will be used.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index e731f90cf..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,343 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the GenericHIDHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "GenericHIDHost.h"
-
-/* Scheduler Task List */
-TASK_LIST
-{
- { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
- { .Task = USB_HID_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
-};
-
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
- LEDs_Init();
-
- /* Indicate USB not ready */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-
- /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
- Scheduler_Init();
-
- /* Initialize USB Subsystem */
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Start-up message */
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
- "Generic HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
-
- /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
- Scheduler_Start();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
- * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
-
- /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
- * stops the library USB task management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
-{
- /* Stop HID and USB management task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_HID_Host, TASK_STOP);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
- * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
-{
- /* Start HID Host task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_HID_Host, TASK_RUN);
-
- /* Indicate device enumeration complete */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
-{
- USB_ShutDown();
-
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
- for(;;);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
- * enumerating an attached USB device.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-}
-
-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
- * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
- *
- * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the GenericHIDHost_StatusCodes_t enum
- */
-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
-{
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
-
- /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
- switch (CurrentStatus)
- {
- case Status_USBNotReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
- break;
- case Status_USBEnumerating:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_USBReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_EnumerationError:
- case Status_HardwareError:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-}
-
-/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
- * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
- */
-void ReadNextReport(void)
-{
- /* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
- if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
- {
- /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return;
- }
-
- /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
- if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
- {
- uint8_t ReportINData[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
-
- /* Read in HID report data */
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ReportINData, sizeof(ReportINData));
-
- /* Print report data through the serial port */
- for (uint16_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < sizeof(ReportINData); CurrByte++)
- printf_P(PSTR("0x%02X "), ReportINData[CurrByte]);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
- }
-
- /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-}
-
-/** Writes a report to the attached device.
- *
- * \param ReportOUTData Buffer containing the report to send to the device
- * \param ReportIndex Index of the report in the device (zero if the device does not use multiple reports)
- * \param ReportType Type of report to send, either HID_REPORTTYPE_OUTPUT or HID_REPORTTYPE_FEATURE
- * \param ReportLength Length of the report to send
- */
-void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData, uint8_t ReportIndex, uint8_t ReportType, uint16_t ReportLength)
-{
- /* Select and unfreeze HID data OUT pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
-
- /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the
- * control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */
- if (Pipe_IsConfigured())
- {
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */
- if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
- {
- /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return;
- }
-
- /* If the report index is used, send it before the report data */
- if (ReportIndex)
- Pipe_Write_Byte(ReportIndex);
-
- /* Write out HID report data */
- Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength);
-
- /* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
- Pipe_Freeze();
- }
- else
- {
- /* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetReport,
- .wValue = ((ReportType << 8) | ReportIndex),
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = ReportLength,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request to the device */
- USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData);
- }
-}
-
-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
- * HID reports from the device and to send reports if desired.
- */
-TASK(USB_HID_Host)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- /* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */
- switch (USB_HostState)
- {
- case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
- /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
- .wValue = 1,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error status */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Configured:
- puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
-
- /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
- if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
- {
- if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
- else
- puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
-
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error status */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Ready:
- ReadNextReport();
-
- break;
- }
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7e2f8b822..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for MouseHost.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
-#define _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
- #include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
-
- #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Pipe number for the HID data IN pipe */
- #define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE 1
-
- /** Pipe number for the HID data OUT pipe */
- #define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE 2
-
- /** HID Class specific request to send a HID report to the device. */
- #define REQ_SetReport 0x09
-
- /** HID Report type specifier, for output reports to a device */
- #define HID_REPORTTYPE_OUTPUT 0x02
-
- /** HID Report type specifier, for feature reports to a device */
- #define HID_REPORTTYPE_FEATURE 0x03
-
- /* Task Definitions: */
- TASK(USB_HID_Host);
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
- enum GenricHIDHost_StatusCodes_t
- {
- Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
- Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
- Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
- Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
-
- void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
- void ReadNextReport(void);
- void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData, uint8_t ReportIndex, uint8_t ReportType, uint16_t ReportLength);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d72dda103..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Generic HID Host Demo
- *
- * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Host</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * Generic HID host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
- * application for implementing a Generic HID USB host, for any device implementing
- * the HID profile.
- *
- * Received reports from the attached device are printed to the serial port.
- *
- * \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * None
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index b912b2ff8..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/GenericHIDHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,734 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-# Typical values are:
-# F_CPU = 1000000
-# F_CPU = 1843200
-# F_CPU = 2000000
-# F_CPU = 3686400
-# F_CPU = 4000000
-# F_CPU = 7372800
-# F_CPU = 8000000
-# F_CPU = 11059200
-# F_CPU = 14745600
-# F_CPU = 16000000
-# F_CPU = 18432000
-# F_CPU = 20000000
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = 8000000
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = GenericHIDHost
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../..
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY
-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-checkhooks: build
- @echo
- @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
- @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
- cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
- echo "(None)"
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checklibmode:
- @echo
- @echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
- @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
- | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
- || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checkboard:
- @echo
- @echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
- @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index e586ea5d3..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
- * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
- * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
- * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
- * with compatible devices.
- *
- * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
- *
- * \return An error code from the KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
- */
-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
-{
- uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
-
- /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
- if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ControlError;
-
- /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
- if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
- return DescriptorTooLarge;
-
- /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
- ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
-
- /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
- USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
-
- /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
-
- /* Get the keyboard interface from the configuration descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- /* Get the keyboard interface's data endpoint descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoEndpointFound;
- }
-
- /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- /* Configure the keyboard data pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- /* Valid data found, return success */
- return SuccessfulConfigRead;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
- if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == KEYBOARD_CLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
- * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 425f0a4be..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "KeyboardHost.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
- #define KEYBOARD_CLASS 0x03
-
- /** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Keyboard compliant device */
- #define KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL 0x01
-
- /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
- #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
- enum KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
- {
- SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
- ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
- DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
- InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
- NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
- NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
-
- uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 3bdbc95ee..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
-# by quotes) that should identify the project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penality.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespace are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
-# in the documentation. The default is NO.
-
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
-# of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-
-EXCLUDE =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
-# is applied to all files.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
-# HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file .
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
-# respectively.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
-# the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
-# this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
-# does not have to be run to correct the links.
-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
-# (where the name does NOT include the path)
-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
-# containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
-# can find it using this tag.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
-# If left blank png will be used.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2b9bb2b0b..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,335 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "KeyboardHost.h"
-
-/* Scheduler Task List */
-TASK_LIST
-{
- { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
- { .Task = USB_Keyboard_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
-};
-
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
- LEDs_Init();
-
- /* Indicate USB not ready */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-
- /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
- Scheduler_Init();
-
- /* Initialize USB Subsystem */
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Start-up message */
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
- "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
-
- /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
- Scheduler_Start();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
- * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
-
- /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
- * stops the library USB task management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
-{
- /* Stop Keyboard and USB management task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_STOP);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
- * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
-{
- /* Start Keyboard Host task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_RUN);
-
- /* Indicate device enumeration complete */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
-{
- USB_ShutDown();
-
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
- for(;;);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
- * enumerating an attached USB device.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-}
-
-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
- * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
- *
- * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the KeyboardHost_StatusCodes_t enum
- */
-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
-{
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
-
- /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
- switch (CurrentStatus)
- {
- case Status_USBNotReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
- break;
- case Status_USBEnumerating:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_USBReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_EnumerationError:
- case Status_HardwareError:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-}
-
-/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
- * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
- */
-void ReadNextReport(void)
-{
- USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport;
-
- /* Select keyboard data pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE);
-
- /* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
- if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
- {
- /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return;
- }
-
- /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
- if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
- {
- /* Read in keyboard report data */
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReport, sizeof(KeyboardReport));
-
- /* Indicate if the modifier byte is non-zero (special key such as shift is being pressed) */
- LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0);
-
- /* Check if a key has been pressed */
- if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode)
- {
- /* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
- if (LEDs_GetLEDs() & LEDS_LED2)
- LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
- else
- LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
-
- char PressedKey = 0;
-
- /* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
- if ((KeyboardReport.KeyCode >= 0x04) && (KeyboardReport.KeyCode <= 0x1D))
- PressedKey = (KeyboardReport.KeyCode - 0x04) + 'A';
- else if ((KeyboardReport.KeyCode >= 0x1E) && (KeyboardReport.KeyCode <= 0x27))
- PressedKey = (KeyboardReport.KeyCode - 0x1E) + '0';
- else if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode == 0x2C)
- PressedKey = ' ';
- else if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode == 0x28)
- PressedKey = '\n';
-
- /* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
- if (PressedKey)
- putchar(PressedKey);
- }
- }
-
- /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- /* Refreeze keyboard data pipe */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-}
-
-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
- * HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
- */
-TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- switch (USB_HostState)
- {
- case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
- /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
- .wValue = 1,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error status */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Configured:
- puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
-
- /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
- if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
- {
- if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
- else
- puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
-
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error status */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- /* HID class request to set the keyboard protocol to the Boot Protocol */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetProtocol,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error status */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Ready:
- /* If a report has been received, read and process it */
- ReadNextReport();
-
- break;
- }
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index d00b76afb..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for KeyboardHost.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
-#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
- #include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
-
- #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Pipe number for the keyboard data IN pipe */
- #define KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE 1
-
- /** HID Class Specific request to set the report protocol mode */
- #define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (such as Shift, Control, etc.) */
- uint8_t RESERVED; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0 */
- uint8_t KeyCode; /**< Key code of the currently pressed key */
- } USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
- enum KeyboardHost_StatusCodes_t
- {
- Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
- Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
- Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
- Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- };
-
- /* Task Definitions: */
- TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host);
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
-
- void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
- void ReadNextReport(void);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a3d5f717d..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo
- *
- * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Host</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
- * application for implementing a USB keyboard, for USB keyboards using
- * the standard keyboard HID profile.
- *
- * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
- * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1.
- *
- * This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
- * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
- * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
- * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
- * KeyboardHostWithParser demo application.
- *
- * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
- *
- * \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * None
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index b8cb79c5c..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,735 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-# Typical values are:
-# F_CPU = 1000000
-# F_CPU = 1843200
-# F_CPU = 2000000
-# F_CPU = 3686400
-# F_CPU = 4000000
-# F_CPU = 7372800
-# F_CPU = 8000000
-# F_CPU = 11059200
-# F_CPU = 14745600
-# F_CPU = 16000000
-# F_CPU = 18432000
-# F_CPU = 20000000
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = 8000000
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = KeyboardHost
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../..
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-checkhooks: build
- @echo
- @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
- @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
- cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
- echo "(None)"
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checklibmode:
- @echo
- @echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
- @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
- | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
- || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checkboard:
- @echo
- @echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
- @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4ee3b998f..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
- * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
- * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
- * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
- * with compatible devices.
- *
- * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
- *
- * \return An error code from the KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
- */
-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
-{
- uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
-
- /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
- if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ControlError;
-
- /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
- if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
- return DescriptorTooLarge;
-
- /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
- ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
-
- /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
- USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
-
- /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
-
- /* Get the keyboard interface from the configuration descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- /* Get the keyboard interface's HID descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoHIDDescriptorFound;
- }
-
- /* Save the HID report size for later use */
- HIDReportSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_HID_t).HIDReportLength;
-
- /* Get the keyboard interface's data endpoint descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoEndpointFound;
- }
-
- /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- /* Configure the keyboard data pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- /* Valid data found, return success */
- return SuccessfulConfigRead;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
- if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == KEYBOARD_CLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
- * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_HID)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- else
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 338adc93b..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "HIDReport.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
- #define KEYBOARD_CLASS 0x03
-
- /** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Keyboard compliant device */
- #define KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL 0x01
-
- /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
- #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
-
- /** Descriptor header type constant for a HID descriptor */
- #define DTYPE_HID 0x21
-
- /** Descriptor header type constant for a HID report descriptor */
- #define DTYPE_Report 0x22
-
- /* Enums: */
- enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
- {
- SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
- ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
- DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
- InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
- NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
- NoHIDDescriptorFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */
- NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
-
- uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 6c6db18fa..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
-# by quotes) that should identify the project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penality.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespace are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
-# in the documentation. The default is NO.
-
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
-# of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-
-EXCLUDE =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
-# is applied to all files.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
-# HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file .
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
-# respectively.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
-# the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
-# this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
-# does not have to be run to correct the links.
-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
-# (where the name does NOT include the path)
-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
-# containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
-# can find it using this tag.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
-# If left blank png will be used.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6ac1f5a65..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "HIDReport.h"
-
-/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
-uint16_t HIDReportSize;
-
-/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
-HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
-
-
-/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
- * structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
- *
- * \return A value from the KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
-{
- /* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
- uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
- .wValue = (DTYPE_Report << 8),
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = HIDReportSize,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
- if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ParseControlError;
-
- /* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
- if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
- return ParseError;
-
- return ParseSuccessful;
-}
-
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h deleted file mode 100644 index 20968872e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for HIDReport.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
-#define _HID_REPORT_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard */
- #define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD 0x07
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the GetHIDReportData() function. */
- enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
- {
- ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
- ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
- ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a HID descriptor. */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
-
- uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< Implemented HID class specification, in BCD encoded format */
- uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code value for localized hardware */
-
- uint8_t TotalHIDDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors in the current interface */
-
- uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< HID report type of the first HID report descriptor */
- uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Total size in bytes of the first HID report descriptor */
- } USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
-
- /* External Variables: */
- extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
- extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c deleted file mode 100644 index 840cb90cf..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,352 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
-
-/* Scheduler Task List */
-TASK_LIST
-{
- { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
- { .Task = USB_Keyboard_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
-};
-
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
- LEDs_Init();
-
- /* Indicate USB not ready */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-
- /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
- Scheduler_Init();
-
- /* Initialize USB Subsystem */
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Start-up message */
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
- "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
-
- /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
- Scheduler_Start();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
- * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
-
- /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
- * stops the library USB task management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
-{
- /* Stop keyboard and USB management task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_STOP);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
- * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
-{
- /* Start Keyboard Host task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_RUN);
-
- /* Indicate device enumeration complete */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
-{
- USB_ShutDown();
-
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
- for(;;);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
- * enumerating an attached USB device.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-}
-
-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
- * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
- *
- * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the KeyboardHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t enum
- */
-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
-{
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
-
- /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
- switch (CurrentStatus)
- {
- case Status_USBNotReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
- break;
- case Status_USBEnumerating:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_USBReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_EnumerationError:
- case Status_HardwareError:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
- break;
- case Status_Busy:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-}
-
-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
- * the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
- */
-TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- switch (USB_HostState)
- {
- case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
- /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
- .wValue = 1,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Configured:
- puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
-
- /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
- if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
- {
- if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
- else
- puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
-
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report.\r\n"));
-
- /* LEDs one and two on to indicate busy processing */
- UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);
-
- /* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
- if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- /* All LEDs off - ready to indicate key presses */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Ready:
- /* Select and unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- /* Check if data has been received from the attached keyboard */
- if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
- {
- /* Create buffer big enough for the report */
- uint8_t KeyboardReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
-
- /* Load in the keyboard report */
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(KeyboardReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe());
-
- /* Process the read in keyboard report from the device */
- ProcessKeyboardReport(KeyboardReport);
- }
-
- /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- /* Freeze keyboard data pipe */
- Pipe_Freeze();
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/** Processes a read HID report from an attached keyboard, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
- * as required and prints pressed characters to the serial port. Each time a key is typed, a board LED is toggled.
- *
- * \param KeyboardReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached keyboard device
- */
-void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport)
-{
- /* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for keyboard scan code reports */
- for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
- {
- /* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
- HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
-
- /* Check if the current report item is a keyboard scancode */
- if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) &&
- (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize == 8) &&
- (ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1) &&
- (ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))
- {
- /* Retrieve the keyboard scancode from the report data retrieved from the device */
- bool FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem);
-
- /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
- if (!(FoundData))
- continue;
-
- /* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */
- uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value;
-
- /* If scancode is non-zero, a key is being pressed */
- if (KeyCode)
- {
- /* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
- if (LEDs_GetLEDs() & LEDS_LED2)
- LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
- else
- LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
-
- char PressedKey = 0;
-
- /* Convert scancode to printable character if alphanumeric */
- if ((KeyCode >= 0x04) && (KeyCode <= 0x1D))
- PressedKey = (KeyCode - 0x04) + 'A';
- else if ((KeyCode >= 0x1E) && (KeyCode <= 0x27))
- PressedKey = (KeyCode - 0x1E) + '0';
- else if (KeyCode == 0x2C)
- PressedKey = ' ';
- else if (KeyCode == 0x28)
- PressedKey = '\n';
-
- /* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
- if (PressedKey)
- putchar(PressedKey);
- }
-
- /* Once a scancode is found, stop scanning through the report items */
- break;
- }
- }
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h deleted file mode 100644 index acb5b8b3e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
-#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
- #include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
-
- #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
- #include "HIDReport.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Pipe number for the keyboard report data pipe */
- #define KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE 1
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
- enum KeyboardHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t
- {
- Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
- Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
- Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
- Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy dumping HID report items to the serial port */
- };
-
- /* Task Definitions: */
- TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host);
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
-
- void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
- void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cd3670673..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
- *
- * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Host</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
- * application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
- * the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports,
- * allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports
- * keyboards with a single HID report.
- *
- * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
- * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the
- * report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the
- * USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated.
- *
- * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
- *
- * \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * None
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 0d09178dd..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,736 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-# Typical values are:
-# F_CPU = 1000000
-# F_CPU = 1843200
-# F_CPU = 2000000
-# F_CPU = 3686400
-# F_CPU = 4000000
-# F_CPU = 7372800
-# F_CPU = 8000000
-# F_CPU = 11059200
-# F_CPU = 14745600
-# F_CPU = 16000000
-# F_CPU = 18432000
-# F_CPU = 20000000
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = 8000000
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = KeyboardHostWithParser
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../..
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- ConfigDescriptor.c \
- HIDReport.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS
-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-checkhooks: build
- @echo
- @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
- @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
- cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
- echo "(None)"
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checklibmode:
- @echo
- @echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
- @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
- | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
- || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checkboard:
- @echo
- @echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
- @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index c951c797e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
- * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
- * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
- * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
- * with compatible devices.
- *
- * This routine searches for a MSD interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
- *
- * \return An error code from the MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
- */
-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
-{
- uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
- uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0;
-
- /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
- if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ControlError;
-
- /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
- if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
- return DescriptorTooLarge;
-
- /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
- ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
-
- /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
- USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
-
- /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
-
- /* Get the mass storage interface from the configuration descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextMassStorageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- /* Get the IN and OUT data endpoints for the mass storage interface */
- while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))
- {
- /* Fetch the next bulk endpoint from the current mass storage interface */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoEndpointFound;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- /* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint, set appropriate globals */
- if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
- {
- /* Configure the data IN pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,
- PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- /* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */
- FoundEndpoints |= (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Configure the data OUT pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,
- PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);
-
- /* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */
- FoundEndpoints |= (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
- }
- }
-
- /* Valid data found, return success */
- return SuccessfulConfigRead;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mass Storage Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextMassStorageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
- if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == MASS_STORE_CLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the correct MSD interface, aborting the search if
- * another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor,
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
- /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
- if (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6c0b8e6f4..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "MassStorageHost.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device class */
- #define MASS_STORE_CLASS 0x08
-
- /** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device subclass */
- #define MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS 0x06
-
- /** Interface Protocol value for the Bulk Only transport protocol */
- #define MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL 0x50
-
- /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
- #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
- enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
- {
- SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
- ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
- DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
- InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
- NoInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible MSD interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
- NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< The correct MSD endpoint descriptors were not found in the device's MSD interface */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
-
- uint8_t DComp_NextMassStorageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index b154575bf..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
-# by quotes) that should identify the project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penality.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespace are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
-# in the documentation. The default is NO.
-
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
-# of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-
-EXCLUDE =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
-# is applied to all files.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
-# HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file .
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
-# respectively.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
-# the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
-# this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
-# does not have to be run to correct the links.
-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
-# (where the name does NOT include the path)
-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
-# containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
-# can find it using this tag.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
-# If left blank png will be used.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c deleted file mode 100644 index 95aafca8c..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,685 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Mass Storage Device commands, to issue MSD commands to the device for
- * reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics. This file
- * also contains block read and write functions, so that device blocks
- * can be read and written. In general, these functions would be chained
- * to a FAT library to give file-level access to an attached device's contents.
- *
- * \note Many Mass Storage devices on the market are non-compliant to the
- * specifications and thus can prove difficult to interface with. It
- * may be necessary to retry the functions in the module several times
- * after they have returned and error to successfully send the command
- * to the device. Some devices may also need to have the stream function
- * timeout period extended beyond 100ms (some badly designed devices exceeding
- * 1.5 seconds occasionally) by defining USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS to a
- * larger value in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler
- * via the -D switch.
- */
-
-#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C
-#include "MassStoreCommands.h"
-
-/* Globals: */
-/** Current CBW to send to the device. This is automatically filled by the routines
- * in this file and is not externally accessible.
- */
-static CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock;
-
-/** Current CSW received from the device. This is automatically filled by the routines
- * in this file and is externally accessible so that the return codes may be checked.
- */
-CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSICommandStatus;
-
-/** Current Tag value used in issued CBWs to the device. This is automatically incremented
- * by the routines in this file, and is not externally accessible.
- */
-static uint32_t MassStore_Tag = 1;
-
-
-/** Routine to send the current CBW to the device, and increment the Tag value as needed.
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(void)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- /* Each transmission should have a unique tag value, excluding values 0 and 0xFFFFFFFF */
- if (++MassStore_Tag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
- MassStore_Tag = 1;
-
- /* Select the OUT data pipe for CBW transmission */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Write the CBW command to the OUT pipe */
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(CommandBlockWrapper_t))) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- /* Send the data in the OUT pipe to the attached device */
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- while(!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()));
-
- /* Freeze pipe after use */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/** Waits until the attached device is ready to accept data following a CBW, checking
- * to ensure that the device has not stalled the transaction.
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)
-{
- uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
-
- /* Unfreeze the OUT pipe so that it can be checked */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Wait until data received in the IN pipe */
- while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
- {
- /* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
- {
- /* Clear the flag and decrement the timeout period counter */
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- TimeoutMSRem--;
-
- /* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
- if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
- }
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
-
- /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- {
- /* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
- MassStore_ClearPipeStall(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
- }
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
-
- /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- {
- /* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
- MassStore_ClearPipeStall(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
- }
-
- /* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
- if (!(USB_IsConnected))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- };
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/** Sends or receives the transaction's data stage to or from the attached device, reading or
- * writing to the nominated buffer.
- *
- * \param BufferPtr Pointer to the data buffer to read from or write to
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(void* BufferPtr)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
- uint16_t BytesRem = SCSICommandBlock.Header.DataTransferLength;
-
- /* Check the direction of the SCSI command data stage */
- if (SCSICommandBlock.Header.Flags & COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN)
- {
- /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Read in the block data from the pipe */
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- /* Acknowledge the packet */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
- else
- {
- /* Select the OUT data pipe for data transmission */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Write the block data to the pipe */
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- /* Acknowledge the packet */
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()));
- }
-
- /* Freeze used pipe after use */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/** Routine to receive the current CSW from the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(void)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- /* If an error in the command ocurred, abort */
- if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Load in the CSW from the attached device */
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatusWrapper_t))) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- /* Clear the data ready for next reception */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- /* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/** Clears the stall condition in the attached device on the nominated endpoint number.
- *
- * \param EndpointNum Endpoint number in the attached device whose stall condition is to be cleared
- *
- * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t MassStore_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
- .bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature,
- .wValue = FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT,
- .wIndex = EndpointNum,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to reset the attached device's Mass Storage interface,
- * readying the device for the next CBW.
- *
- * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = REQ_MassStorageReset,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to determine the index of the highest numbered Logical
- * Unit in the attached device.
- *
- * \param MaxLUNIndex Pointer to the location that the maximum LUN index value should be stored
- *
- * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetMaxLUN,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 1,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
- {
- /* Clear the pipe stall */
- Pipe_ClearStall();
-
- /* Some faulty Mass Storage devices don't implement the GET_MAX_LUN request, so assume a single LUN */
- *MaxLUNIndex = 0;
- }
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/** Issues a SCSI Request Sense command to the attached device, to determine the current SCSI sense information. This
- * gives error codes for the last issued SCSI command to the device.
- *
- * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
- * \param SensePtr Pointer to the sense data structure where the sense data from the device is to be stored
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue REQUEST SENSE command */
- SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .Header =
- {
- .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
- .Tag = MassStore_Tag,
- .DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t),
- .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 6
- },
-
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
- MassStore_SendCommand();
-
- /* Wait until data received from the device */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- /* Read the returned sense data into the buffer */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData((uint8_t*)SensePtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Read command to the attached device, to read in one or more data blocks from the
- * storage medium into a buffer.
- *
- * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
- * \param BlockAddress Start block address to read from
- * \param Blocks Number of blocks to read from the device
- * \param BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to read
- * \param BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the read data is to be written to
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to read in the given blocks from the device */
- SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .Header =
- {
- .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
- .Tag = MassStore_Tag,
- .DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
- .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 10
- },
-
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
- 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
- (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
- (BlockAddress >> 16),
- (BlockAddress >> 8),
- (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
- 0x00, // Unused (reserved)
- 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
- Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
- MassStore_SendCommand();
-
- /* Wait until data received from the device */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- /* Read the returned block data into the buffer */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(BufferPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Write command to the attached device, to write one or more data blocks to the
- * storage medium from a buffer.
- *
- * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
- * \param BlockAddress Start block address to write to
- * \param Blocks Number of blocks to write to in the device
- * \param BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to write
- * \param BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the write data is to be sourced from
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to write the given blocks to the device */
- SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .Header =
- {
- .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
- .Tag = MassStore_Tag,
- .DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
- .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 10
- },
-
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
- 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
- (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
- (BlockAddress >> 16),
- (BlockAddress >> 8),
- (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
- 0x00, // Unused (reserved)
- 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
- Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
- MassStore_SendCommand();
-
- /* Write the data to the device from the buffer */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(BufferPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/** Issues a SCSI Device Test Unit Ready command to the attached device, to determine if the device is ready to accept
- * other commands.
- *
- * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue TEST UNIT READY command */
- SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .Header =
- {
- .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
- .Tag = MassStore_Tag,
- .DataTransferLength = 0,
- .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 6
- },
-
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
- MassStore_SendCommand();
-
- /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/** Issues a SCSI Device Read Capacity command to the attached device, to determine the capacity of the
- * given Logical Unit within the device.
- *
- * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
- * \param CapacityPtr Device capacity structure where the capacity data is to be stored
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex, SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue READ CAPACITY command */
- SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .Header =
- {
- .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
- .Tag = MassStore_Tag,
- .DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t),
- .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 10
- },
-
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // MSB of Logical block address
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00, // LSB of Logical block address
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Partial Medium Indicator
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
- MassStore_SendCommand();
-
- /* Wait until data received from the device */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- /* Read the returned capacity data into the buffer */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(CapacityPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- /* Endian-correct the read data */
- CapacityPtr->Blocks = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->Blocks);
- CapacityPtr->BlockSize = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->BlockSize);
-
- /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/** Issues a SCSI Device Prevent/Allow Medium Removal command to the attached device, to lock the physical media from
- * being removed. This is a legacy command for SCSI disks with removable storage (such as ZIP disks), but should still
- * be issued before the first read or write command is sent.
- *
- * \param LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
- * \param PreventRemoval Whether or not the LUN media should be locked to prevent removal or not
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const bool PreventRemoval)
-{
- uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command */
- SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .Header =
- {
- .Signature = CBW_SIGNATURE,
- .Tag = MassStore_Tag,
- .DataTransferLength = 0,
- .Flags = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 6
- },
-
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- PreventRemoval, // Prevent flag
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- /* Send SCSI command to the attached device */
- MassStore_SendCommand();
-
- /* Read in the returned CSW from the device */
- if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()))
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ReturnCode;
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h deleted file mode 100644 index 28f6a1561..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for MassStoreCommands.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
-#define _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
-
- #include "MassStorageHost.h"
- #include "SCSI_Codes.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Class specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface of the attached device */
- #define REQ_MassStorageReset 0xFF
-
- /** Class specific request to retrieve the maximum Logical Unit Number (LUN) index of the attached device */
- #define REQ_GetMaxLUN 0xFE
-
- /** Command Block Wrapper signature byte, for verification of valid CBW blocks */
- #define CBW_SIGNATURE 0x43425355UL
-
- /** Command Static Wrapper signature byte, for verification of valid CSW blocks */
- #define CSW_SIGNATURE 0x53425355UL
-
- /** Data direction mask for the Flags field of a CBW, indicating Host-to-Device transfer direction */
- #define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT (0 << 7)
-
- /** Data direction mask for the Flags field of a CBW, indicating Device-to-Host transfer direction */
- #define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
-
- /** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet */
- #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 500
-
- /** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data IN pipe */
- #define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE 1
-
- /** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data OUT pipe */
- #define MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE 2
-
- /* Type defines: */
- /** Type define for a Mass Storage class Command Block Wrapper, used to wrap SCSI
- * commands for transport over the USB bulk endpoints to the device.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, always equal to CBW_SIGNATURE */
- uint32_t Tag; /**< Current CBW tag, to positively associate a CBW with a CSW */
- uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of data to transfer, following the CBW */
- uint8_t Flags; /**< Block flags, equal to one of the COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_* macros */
- uint8_t LUN; /**< Logical Unit Number the CBW is addressed to in the device */
- uint8_t SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the SCSI command in the CBW */
- } Header;
-
- uint8_t SCSICommandData[16]; /**< SCSI command to issue to the device */
- } CommandBlockWrapper_t;
-
- /** Type define for a Mass Storage class Command Status Wrapper, used to wrap SCSI
- * responses for transport over the USB bulk endpoints from the device.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t Signature; /**< Command status signature, always equal to CSW_SIGNATURE */
- uint32_t Tag; /**< Current CBW tag, to positively associate a CBW with a CSW */
- uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Length of data not transferred */
- uint8_t Status; /**< Command status, a value from the MassStorageHost_CommandStatusCodes_t enum */
- } CommandStatusWrapper_t;
-
- /** Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
- * device via the MassStore_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the
- * device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the
- * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t ReponseCode;
-
- uint8_t SegmentNumber;
-
- unsigned char SenseKey : 4;
- unsigned char _RESERVED1 : 1;
- unsigned char ILI : 1;
- unsigned char EOM : 1;
- unsigned char FileMark : 1;
-
- uint8_t Information[4];
- uint8_t AdditionalLength;
- uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
- uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
- uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
- uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
- uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
- } SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
-
- /** SCSI capacity structure, to hold the total capacity of the device in both the number
- * of blocks in the current LUN, and the size of each block. This structure is filled by
- * the device when the MassStore_ReadCapacity() function is called.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t Blocks; /**< Number of blocks in the addressed LUN of the device */
- uint32_t BlockSize; /**< Number of bytes in each block in the addressed LUN */
- } SCSI_Capacity_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** CSW status return codes, indicating the overall status of the issued CBW */
- enum MassStorageHost_CommandStatusCodes_t
- {
- Command_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed successfully */
- Command_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete successfully */
- Phase_Error = 2 /**< Phase error while processing the issued command */
- };
-
- /* External Variables: */
- extern CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSICommandStatus;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C)
- static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(void);
- static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void);
- static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(void);
- #endif
-
- uint8_t MassStore_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum);
- uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void);
- uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex);
- uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
- uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
- uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex, SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex);
- uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const bool PreventRemoval);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2b2213de2..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header containing macros for possible SCSI commands and SENSE data. Refer to
- * the SCSI standard documentation for more information on each SCSI command and
- * the SENSE data.
- */
-
-#ifndef _SCSI_CODES_H_
-#define _SCSI_CODES_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
- #define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
- #define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
- #define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
- #define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
- #define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
- #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
- #define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
- #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
- #define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
- #define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
- #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
- #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
-
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
-
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
-
- #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
- #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
- #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
- #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index a2e6631e2..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,431 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "MassStorageHost.h"
-
-/* Scheduler Task List */
-TASK_LIST
-{
- { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
- { .Task = USB_MassStore_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
-};
-
-/* Globals */
-/** Index of the highest available LUN (Logical Unit) in the attached Mass Storage Device */
-uint8_t MassStore_MaxLUNIndex;
-
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
- LEDs_Init();
- Buttons_Init();
-
- /* Indicate USB not ready */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-
- /* Start-up message */
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
- "MassStore Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
-
- /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
- Scheduler_Init();
-
- /* Initialize USB Subsystem */
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Scheduling routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
- Scheduler_Start();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
- * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
-
- /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
- * stops the library USB task management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
-{
- /* Stop USB management and Mass Storage tasks */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_MassStore_Host, TASK_STOP);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
- * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
-{
- /* Once device is fully enumerated, start the Mass Storage Host task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_MassStore_Host, TASK_RUN);
-
- /* Indicate device enumeration complete */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
-{
- USB_ShutDown();
-
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
- for(;;);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
- * enumerating an attached USB device.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-}
-
-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in blocks from
- * the device and print them to the serial port.
- */
-TASK(USB_MassStore_Host)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- switch (USB_HostState)
- {
- case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
- /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
- .wValue = 1,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Configured:
- puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
-
- /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
- if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
- {
- if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
- else
- puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
-
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Disk Enumerated.\r\n"));
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Ready:
- /* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_GetMaxLUN(&MassStore_MaxLUNIndex)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Get Max LUN"), false, ErrorCode);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Print number of LUNs detected in the attached device */
- printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d.\r\n"), (MassStore_MaxLUNIndex + 1));
-
- /* Reset the Mass Storage device interface, ready for use */
- if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_MassStorageReset()) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Mass Storage Reset"), false, ErrorCode);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Get sense data from the device - many devices will not accept any other commands until the sense data
- * is read - both on start-up and after a failed command */
- SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
- if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_RequestSense(0, &SenseData)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
- {
- ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Request Sense"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the prevent removal flag for the device, allowing it to be accessed */
- if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(0, true)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
- {
- ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Prevent/Allow Medium Removal"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready.."));
-
- /* Wait until disk ready */
- do
- {
- Serial_TxByte('.');
-
- if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_TestUnitReady(0)) != 0)
- {
- ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Test Unit Ready"), false, ErrorCode);
- break;
- }
- }
- while ((SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass) && USB_IsConnected);
-
- /* Abort if device removed */
- if (!(USB_IsConnected))
- break;
-
- puts_P(PSTR("\r\nRetrieving Capacity... "));
-
- /* Create new structure for the disk's capacity in blocks and block size */
- SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity;
-
- /* Retrieve disk capacity */
- if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadCapacity(0, &DiskCapacity)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
- {
- ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Capacity"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Display the disk capacity in blocks * block size bytes */
- printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize);
-
- /* Create a new buffer capabable of holding a single block from the device */
- uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize];
-
- /* Read in the first 512 byte block from the device */
- if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0) ||
- (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
- {
- ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n"));
-
- /* Print out the first block in both HEX and ASCII, 16 bytes per line */
- for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++)
- {
- /* Pointer to the start of the current 16-byte chunk in the read block of data */
- uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4];
-
- /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */
- for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
- {
- char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
-
- printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte);
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR(" "));
-
- /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */
- for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
- {
- char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
-
- putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nPress board button to read entire ASCII contents of disk...\r\n\r\n"));
-
- /* Wait for the board button to be pressed */
- while (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
- {
- /* Abort if device removed */
- if (!(USB_IsConnected))
- break;
- }
-
- /* Print out the entire disk contents in ASCII format */
- for (uint32_t CurrBlock = 0; CurrBlock < DiskCapacity.Blocks; CurrBlock++)
- {
- /* Read in the next block of data from the device */
- if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, CurrBlock, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0) ||
- (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))
- {
- ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Send the ASCII data in the read in block to the serial port */
- for (uint16_t Byte = 0; Byte < DiskCapacity.BlockSize; Byte++)
- {
- char CurrByte = BlockBuffer[Byte];
-
- putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
- }
-
- /* Abort if device removed */
- if (!(USB_IsConnected))
- break;
- }
-
- /* Indicate device no longer busy */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
- * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
- *
- * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MassStorageHost_StatusCodes_t enum
- */
-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
-{
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
-
- /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
- switch (CurrentStatus)
- {
- case Status_USBNotReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
- break;
- case Status_USBEnumerating:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_USBReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_EnumerationError:
- case Status_HardwareError:
- case Status_SCSICommandError:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
- break;
- case Status_Busy:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-}
-
-/** Indicates that a communication error has occurred with the attached Mass Storage Device,
- * printing error codes to the serial port and waiting until the device is removed before
- * continuing.
- *
- * \param CommandString ASCII string located in PROGMEM space indicating what operation failed
- * \param FailedAtSCSILayer Indicates if the command failed at the (logical) SCSI layer or at the physical USB layer
- * \param ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
- */
-void ShowDiskReadError(char* CommandString, bool FailedAtSCSILayer, uint8_t ErrorCode)
-{
- if (FailedAtSCSILayer)
- {
- /* Display the error code */
- printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "SCSI command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Status Code: %d"), ErrorCode);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Display the error code */
- printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d"), ErrorCode);
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- /* Indicate device error via the status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_SCSICommandError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6e1e5cd9e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for MassStoreHost.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
-#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
- #include <ctype.h>
-
- #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
- #include "Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> // Board Buttons driver
- #include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
- enum MassStorageHost_StatusCodes_t
- {
- Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
- Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
- Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
- Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy reading or writing to the attached Mass Storage device */
- Status_SCSICommandError = 6, /**< Error sending or receiving a command to or from the attached SCSI device */
- };
-
- /* Task Definitions: */
- TASK(USB_MassStore_Host);
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
-
- void ShowDiskReadError(char* CommandString, bool FailedAtSCSILayer, uint8_t ErrorCode);
- void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 88b42e937..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo
- *
- * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Host</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>Bulk Only</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard</td>
- * <td>USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard</td>
- * <td>SCSI Primary Commands Specification</td>
- * <td>SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
- * application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices
- * using the standard Mass Storage USB profile.
- *
- * The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped
- * out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287
- * AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents
- * of the disk will be dumped to the serial port.
- *
- * \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * None
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index f50f59887..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,737 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-# Typical values are:
-# F_CPU = 1000000
-# F_CPU = 1843200
-# F_CPU = 2000000
-# F_CPU = 3686400
-# F_CPU = 4000000
-# F_CPU = 7372800
-# F_CPU = 8000000
-# F_CPU = 11059200
-# F_CPU = 14745600
-# F_CPU = 16000000
-# F_CPU = 18432000
-# F_CPU = 20000000
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = 8000000
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = MassStorageHost
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../..
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- ConfigDescriptor.c \
- Lib/MassStoreCommands.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY
-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-CDEFS += -DUSB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS=2000
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-checkhooks: build
- @echo
- @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
- @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
- cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
- echo "(None)"
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checklibmode:
- @echo
- @echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
- @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
- | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
- || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checkboard:
- @echo
- @echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
- @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0f6ab59ae..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
- * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
- * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
- * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
- * with compatible devices.
- *
- * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
- *
- * \return An error code from the MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
- */
-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
-{
- uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
-
- /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
- if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ControlError;
-
- /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
- if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
- return DescriptorTooLarge;
-
- /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
- ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
-
- /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
- USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
-
- /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
-
- /* Get the mouse interface from the configuration descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- /* Get the mouse interface's data endpoint descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoEndpointFound;
- }
-
- /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- /* Configure the mouse data pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- /* Valid data found, return success */
- return SuccessfulConfigRead;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- /* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
- if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == MOUSE_CLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MOUSE_PROTOCOL))
- {
- /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
- * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- /* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- /* Check if the current Endpoint descriptor is of type IN */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
- {
- /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
- else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index cb1ae63ad..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "MouseHost.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
- #define MOUSE_CLASS 0x03
-
- /** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Mouse compliant device */
- #define MOUSE_PROTOCOL 0x02
-
- /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
- #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
- enum MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
- {
- SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
- ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
- DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
- InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
- NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
- NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
-
- uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 5194af375..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
-# by quotes) that should identify the project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penality.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespace are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
-# in the documentation. The default is NO.
-
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
-# of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-
-EXCLUDE =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
-# is applied to all files.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
-# HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file .
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
-# respectively.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
-# the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
-# this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
-# does not have to be run to correct the links.
-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
-# (where the name does NOT include the path)
-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
-# containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
-# can find it using this tag.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
-# If left blank png will be used.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7db95808a..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "MouseHost.h"
-
-/* Scheduler Task List */
-TASK_LIST
-{
- { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
- { .Task = USB_Mouse_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
-};
-
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
- LEDs_Init();
-
- /* Indicate USB not ready */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-
- /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
- Scheduler_Init();
-
- /* Initialize USB Subsystem */
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Start-up message */
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
- "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
-
- /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
- Scheduler_Start();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
- * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
-
- /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
- * stops the library USB task management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
-{
- /* Stop mouse and USB management task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_STOP);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
- * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
-{
- /* Start Mouse Host task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_RUN);
-
- /* Indicate device enumeration complete */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
-{
- USB_ShutDown();
-
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
- for(;;);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
- * enumerating an attached USB device.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-}
-
-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
- * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
- *
- * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MouseHost_StatusCodes_t enum
- */
-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
-{
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
-
- /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
- switch (CurrentStatus)
- {
- case Status_USBNotReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
- break;
- case Status_USBEnumerating:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_USBReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_EnumerationError:
- case Status_HardwareError:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-}
-
-/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
- * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
- */
-void ReadNextReport(void)
-{
- USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
-
- /* Select mouse data pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE);
-
- /* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
- if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
- {
- /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return;
- }
-
- /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
- if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
- {
- /* Read in mouse report data */
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MouseReport, sizeof(MouseReport));
-
- /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse X movement */
- if (MouseReport.X > 0)
- LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
- else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
- LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
-
- /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse Y movement */
- if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
- LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
- else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
- LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
-
- /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse button position */
- if (MouseReport.Button)
- LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-
- /* Print mouse report data through the serial port */
- printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
- MouseReport.Y,
- MouseReport.Button);
- }
-
- /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- /* Refreeze mouse data pipe */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-}
-
-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
- * HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
- */
-TASK(USB_Mouse_Host)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- /* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */
- switch (USB_HostState)
- {
- case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
- /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
- .wValue = 1,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error status */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Configured:
- puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
-
- /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
- if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
- {
- if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
- else
- puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
-
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error status */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- /* HID class request to set the mouse protocol to the Boot Protocol */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetProtocol,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error status */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Ready:
- /* If a report has been received, read and process it */
- ReadNextReport();
-
- break;
- }
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7111218ba..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for MouseHost.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
-#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
- #include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
-
- #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Pipe number for the mouse data IN pipe */
- #define MOUSE_DATAPIPE 1
-
- /** HID Class Specific request to set the report protocol mode */
- #define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse */
- int8_t X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse */
- int8_t Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse */
- } USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
-
- /* Task Definitions: */
- TASK(USB_Mouse_Host);
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
- enum MouseHost_StatusCodes_t
- {
- Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
- Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
- Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
- Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
-
- void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
- void ReadNextReport(void);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3838a7011..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo
- *
- * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Host</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
- * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
- * the standard mouse HID profile.
- *
- * Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
- * as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
- * button status information.
- *
- * This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
- * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
- * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
- * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
- * MouseHostWithParser demo application.
- *
- * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
- *
- * \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * None
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index b7bad9400..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,734 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-# Typical values are:
-# F_CPU = 1000000
-# F_CPU = 1843200
-# F_CPU = 2000000
-# F_CPU = 3686400
-# F_CPU = 4000000
-# F_CPU = 7372800
-# F_CPU = 8000000
-# F_CPU = 11059200
-# F_CPU = 14745600
-# F_CPU = 16000000
-# F_CPU = 18432000
-# F_CPU = 20000000
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = 8000000
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = MouseHost
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../..
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY
-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-checkhooks: build
- @echo
- @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
- @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
- cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
- echo "(None)"
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checklibmode:
- @echo
- @echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
- @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
- | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
- || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checkboard:
- @echo
- @echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
- @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5d9d3f04e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
- * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
- * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
- * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
- * with compatible devices.
- *
- * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
- *
- * \return An error code from the MouseHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
- */
-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
-{
- uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
-
- /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
- if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ControlError;
-
- /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
- if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
- return DescriptorTooLarge;
-
- /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
- ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
-
- /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
- USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
-
- /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
-
- /* Get the mouse interface from the configuration descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- /* Get the mouse interface's HID descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoHIDDescriptorFound;
- }
-
- /* Save the HID report size for later use */
- HIDReportSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_HID_t).HIDReportLength;
-
- /* Get the mouse interface's data endpoint descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoEndpointFound;
- }
-
- /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- /* Configure the mouse data pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- /* Valid data found, return success */
- return SuccessfulConfigRead;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
- if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == MOUSE_CLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MOUSE_PROTOCOL))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
- * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_HID)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- else
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 08400c50f..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "HIDReport.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
- #define MOUSE_CLASS 0x03
-
- /** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Mouse compliant device */
- #define MOUSE_PROTOCOL 0x02
-
- /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
- #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
-
- /** Descriptor header type constant for a HID descriptor */
- #define DTYPE_HID 0x21
-
- /** Descriptor header type constant for a HID report descriptor */
- #define DTYPE_Report 0x22
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
- enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
- {
- SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
- ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
- DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
- InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
- NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
- NoHIDDescriptorFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */
- NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
-
- uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index f3f45e313..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
-# by quotes) that should identify the project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host (Using Mouse Descriptor Parser)"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penality.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespace are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
-# in the documentation. The default is NO.
-
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
-# of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-
-EXCLUDE =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
-# is applied to all files.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
-# HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file .
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
-# respectively.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
-# the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
-# this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
-# does not have to be run to correct the links.
-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
-# (where the name does NOT include the path)
-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
-# containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
-# can find it using this tag.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
-# If left blank png will be used.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4d895908e..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "HIDReport.h"
-
-/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
-uint16_t HIDReportSize;
-
-/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
-HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
-
-
-/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
- * structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
- *
- * \return A value from the MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
-{
- /* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
- uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
- .wValue = (DTYPE_Report << 8),
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = HIDReportSize,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
- if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ParseControlError;
-
- /* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
- if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
- return ParseError;
-
- return ParseSuccessful;
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h deleted file mode 100644 index b24885544..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for HIDReport.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
-#define _HID_REPORT_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button */
- #define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
-
- /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control */
- #define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
-
- /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement */
- #define USAGE_X 0x30
-
- /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement */
- #define USAGE_Y 0x31
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the GetHIDReportData() function. */
- enum MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
- {
- ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
- ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
- ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a HID descriptor. */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
-
- uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< Implemented HID class specification, in BCD encoded format */
- uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code value for localized hardware */
-
- uint8_t TotalHIDDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors in the current interface */
-
- uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< HID report type of the first HID report descriptor */
- uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Total size in bytes of the first HID report descriptor */
- } USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
-
- /* External Variables: */
- extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
- extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c deleted file mode 100644 index f26e9e2a6..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
-
-/* Scheduler Task List */
-TASK_LIST
-{
- { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
- { .Task = USB_Mouse_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
-};
-
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable clock division */
- clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
- LEDs_Init();
-
- /* Indicate USB not ready */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-
- /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
- Scheduler_Init();
-
- /* Initialize USB Subsystem */
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Start-up message */
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
- "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
-
- /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
- Scheduler_Start();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
- * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
-
- /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
- * stops the library USB task management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
-{
- /* Stop mouse and USB management task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_STOP);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
- * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
-{
- /* Start Mouse Host task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_RUN);
-
- /* Indicate device enumeration complete */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
-{
- USB_ShutDown();
-
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
- for(;;);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
- * enumerating an attached USB device.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-}
-
-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
- * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
- *
- * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MouseHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t enum
- */
-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
-{
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
-
- /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
- switch (CurrentStatus)
- {
- case Status_USBNotReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
- break;
- case Status_USBEnumerating:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_USBReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_EnumerationError:
- case Status_HardwareError:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
- break;
- case Status_Busy:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-}
-
-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process
- * the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.
- */
-TASK(USB_Mouse_Host)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- /* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */
- switch (USB_HostState)
- {
- case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
- /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
- .wValue = 1,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Configured:
- puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
-
- /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
- if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
- {
- if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
- else
- puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
-
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report.\r\n"));
-
- /* LEDs one and two on to indicate busy processing */
- UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);
-
- /* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
- if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- /* All LEDs off - ready to indicate key presses */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Ready:
- /* Select and unfreeze mouse data pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- /* Check if data has been received from the attached mouse */
- if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
- {
- /* Create buffer big enough for the report */
- uint8_t MouseReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
-
- /* Load in the mouse report */
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(MouseReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe());
-
- /* Process the read in mouse report from the device */
- ProcessMouseReport(MouseReport);
- }
-
- /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- /* Freeze mouse data pipe */
- Pipe_Freeze();
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/** Processes a read HID report from an attached mouse, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
- * as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs.
- *
- * \param MouseReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached mouse device
- */
-void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport)
-{
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
-
- /* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for mouse X/Y/button reports */
- for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
- {
- /* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
- HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
-
- bool FoundData;
-
- if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
- (ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))
- {
- /* Get the mouse button value */
- FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
-
- /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
- if (!(FoundData))
- continue;
-
- /* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */
- if (ReportItem->Value)
- LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
- else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
- ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
- (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
- (ReportItem->ItemType == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))
- {
- /* Get the mouse relative position value */
- FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
-
- /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
- if (!(FoundData))
- continue;
-
- int16_t DeltaMovement;
-
- if (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize > 8)
- DeltaMovement = (int16_t)ReportItem->Value;
- else
- DeltaMovement = (int8_t)ReportItem->Value;
-
- /* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement */
- if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
- {
- /* Turn on the appropriate LED according to direction if the delta is non-zero */
- if (DeltaMovement)
- LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Turn on the appropriate LED according to direction if the delta is non-zero */
- if (DeltaMovement)
- LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Display the button information on the board LEDs */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h deleted file mode 100644 index f2cc2fd00..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
-#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- #include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
- #include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
-
- #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
- #include "HIDReport.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Pipe number for the mouse report data pipe */
- #define MOUSE_DATAPIPE 1
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
- enum MouseHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t
- {
- Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
- Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
- Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
- Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy dumping HID report items to the serial port */
- };
-
- /* Task Definitions: */
- TASK(USB_Mouse_Host);
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
-
- void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
- void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3c83341a2..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
- *
- * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Host</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
- * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
- * the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
- * reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This
- * demo supports mice with a single HID report.
- *
- * Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs.
- * On connection to a USB mouse, the report items will be processed and
- * printed as a formatted list through the USART before the mouse is
- * fully enumerated.
- *
- * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
- *
- * \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * None
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index a6aeb6dc7..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,736 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-# Typical values are:
-# F_CPU = 1000000
-# F_CPU = 1843200
-# F_CPU = 2000000
-# F_CPU = 3686400
-# F_CPU = 4000000
-# F_CPU = 7372800
-# F_CPU = 8000000
-# F_CPU = 11059200
-# F_CPU = 14745600
-# F_CPU = 16000000
-# F_CPU = 18432000
-# F_CPU = 20000000
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = 8000000
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = MouseHostWithParser
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../..
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- ConfigDescriptor.c \
- HIDReport.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY
-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-checkhooks: build
- @echo
- @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
- @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
- cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
- echo "(None)"
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checklibmode:
- @echo
- @echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
- @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
- | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
- || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checkboard:
- @echo
- @echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
- @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c deleted file mode 100644 index 108496964..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
- * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
- * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
- * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
- * with compatible devices.
- *
- * This routine searches for a SI interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
- *
- * \return An error code from the StillImageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
- */
-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
-{
- uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
- uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0;
-
- /* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */
- if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ControlError;
-
- /* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */
- if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)
- return DescriptorTooLarge;
-
- /* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */
- ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);
-
- /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
- USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);
-
- /* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
-
- /* Get the Still Image interface from the configuration descriptor */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextStillImageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- /* Get the IN and OUT data and event endpoints for the Still Image interface */
- while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE) | (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))
- {
- /* Fetch the next endpoint from the current Still Image interface */
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- /* Descriptor not found, error out */
- return NoEndpointFound;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- /* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
- if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
- {
- /* If the endpoint is a IN type interrupt endpoint */
- if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
- {
- /* Configure the events pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,
- PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
- Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EndpointData->PollingIntervalMS);
-
- /* Set the flag indicating that the events pipe has been found */
- FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint */
- if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
- {
- /* Configure the data IN pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,
- PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- /* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */
- FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
- }
- else
- {
- /* Configure the data OUT pipe */
- Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,
- EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,
- PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);
-
- /* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */
- FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Valid data found, return success */
- return SuccessfulConfigRead;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Still Image Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- /* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
- if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == SIMAGE_CLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == SIMAGE_SUBCLASS) &&
- (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == SIMAGE_PROTOCOL))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
- * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
- * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
- *
- * This comparator searches for the next Interrupt or Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the current SI interface, aborting the
- * search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor,
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
- if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 29df30c0c..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "StillImageHost.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device class */
- #define SIMAGE_CLASS 0x06
-
- /** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device subclass */
- #define SIMAGE_SUBCLASS 0x01
-
- /** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device protocol */
- #define SIMAGE_PROTOCOL 0x01
-
- /** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */
- #define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE 512
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
- enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
- {
- SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
- ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
- DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
- InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
- NoInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible SI interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
- NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< The correct SI endpoint descriptors were not found in the device's SI interface */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
-
- uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
- uint8_t DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index d3a494a5f..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
-# by quotes) that should identify the project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penality.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespace are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
-# in the documentation. The default is NO.
-
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
-# of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.c \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-
-EXCLUDE =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
-# is applied to all files.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
-# NO a bullet list will be used.
-
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
-# HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file .
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
-# respectively.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
-# the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
-# this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
-# does not have to be run to correct the links.
-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
-# (where the name does NOT include the path)
-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
-# containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
-# can find it using this tag.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
-# If left blank png will be used.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = NO
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h deleted file mode 100644 index 38755aba8..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header containing macros for possible PIMA commands. Refer to the PIMA standard
- * documentation for more information on each PIMA command.
- */
-
-#ifndef _PIMA_CODES_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO 0x1001
- #define PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION 0x1002
- #define PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION 0x1003
-
- #define PIMA_RESPONSE_OK 0x2001
- #define PIMA_RESPONSE_GENERALERROR 0x2002
- #define PIMA_RESPONSE_SESSIONNOTOPEN 0x2003
- #define PIMA_RESPONSE_INVALIDTRANSACTIONID 0x2004
- #define PIMA_RESPONSE_OPERATIONNOTSUPPORTED 0x2005
- #define PIMA_RESPONSE_PARAMETERNOTSUPPORTED 0x2006
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8f05e48f4..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,279 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Still Image Device commands, to issue PIMA commands to the device for
- * reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics as well as
- * reading and writing of stored image data.
- */
-
-#include "StillImageCommands.h"
-
-/* Globals: */
-/** PIMA block container for the block to send to the device */
-PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
-
-/** PIMA block container for the last received block from the device */
-PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
-
-/** PIMA block container for the last event block received from the device */
-PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
-
-
-/** Function to send the PIMA command container to the attached still image device. */
-void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void)
-{
- /* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe ready for data transmission */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Write the PIMA block to the data OUT pipe */
- Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
-
- /* If the block type is a command, send its parameters (if any) */
- if (PIMA_SendBlock.Type == CType_CommandBlock)
- {
- /* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
- uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_SendBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
-
- /* Check if any parameters in the command block */
- if (ParamBytes)
- {
- /* Write the PIMA parameters to the data OUT pipe */
- Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock.Params, ParamBytes);
- }
-
- /* Send the PIMA command block to the attached device */
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- }
-
- /* Freeze pipe after use */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-}
-
-/** Function to receive a PIMA event container from the attached still image device. */
-void SImage_RecieveEventHeader(void)
-{
- /* Unfreeze the events pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Read in the event data into the global structure */
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_EventBlock, sizeof(PIMA_EventBlock));
-
- /* Clear the pipe after read complete to prepare for next event */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- /* Freeze the event pipe again after use */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-}
-
-/** Function to receive a PIMA response container from the attached still image device. */
-uint8_t SImage_RecieveBlockHeader(void)
-{
- uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
-
- /* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Wait until data received on the IN pipe */
- while (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- /* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
- {
- /* Clear the flag and decrement the timeout period counter */
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- TimeoutMSRem--;
-
- /* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
- if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
- {
- /* Return error code */
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
- }
- }
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
-
- /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- {
- /* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
- SImage_ClearPipeStall(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
-
- /* Return error code and break out of the loop */
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
- }
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
-
- /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- {
- /* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
- SImage_ClearPipeStall(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
-
- /* Return error code */
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
- }
-
- /* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
- if (!(USB_IsConnected))
- {
- /* Return error code */
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- }
- };
-
- /* Freeze OUT pipe after use */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
-
- /* Load in the response from the attached device */
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
-
- /* Check if the returned block type is a response block */
- if (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type == CType_ResponseBlock)
- {
- /* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
- uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
-
- /* Check if the device has returned any parameters */
- if (ParamBytes)
- {
- /* Read the PIMA parameters from the data IN pipe */
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Params, ParamBytes);
- }
-
- /* Clear pipe bank after use */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- /* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/** Function to send the given data to the device, after a command block has been issued.
- *
- * \param Buffer Source data buffer to send to the device
- * \param Bytes Number of bytes to send
- */
-void SImage_SendData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes)
-{
- /* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Write the data contents to the pipe */
- Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes);
-
- /* Send the last packet to the attached device */
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- /* Freeze the pipe again after use */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-}
-
-/** Function to receive the given data to the device, after a response block has been received.
- *
- * \param Buffer Destination data buffer to put read bytes from the device
- * \param Bytes Number of bytes to receive
- *
- * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- /* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* Read in the data into the buffer */
- ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes);
-
- /* Freeze the pipe again after use */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/** Function to test if a PIMA event block is waiting to be read in from the attached device.
- *
- * \return True if an event is waiting to be read in from the device, false otherwise
- */
-bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void)
-{
- bool IsEventReceived = false;
-
- /* Unfreeze the Event pipe */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- /* If the pipe contains data, an event has been received */
- if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
- IsEventReceived = true;
-
- /* Freeze the pipe after use */
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return IsEventReceived;
-}
-
-/** Clears the stall condition in the attached device on the nominated endpoint number.
- *
- * \param EndpointNum Endpoint number in the attached device whose stall condition is to be cleared
- *
- * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
- */
-uint8_t SImage_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
- .bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature,
- .wValue = FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT,
- .wIndex = EndpointNum,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h deleted file mode 100644 index ad0ba55a2..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for StillImageCommands.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
-#define _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
-
- #include "PIMACodes.h"
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Pipe number of the Still Image data IN pipe */
- #define SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE 0x01
-
- /** Pipe number of the Still Image data OUT pipe */
- #define SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE 0x02
-
- /** Pipe number of the Still Image events pipe */
- #define SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE 0x03
-
- /** Timeout period between the issuing of a command to a device, and the reception of the first packet */
- #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 5000
-
- /** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
- * a command container.
- *
- * \param params Number of parameters which are to be sent in the Param field of the container
- */
- #define PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(params) ((sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock) - sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params)) + \
- (params * sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params[0])))
-
- /** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
- * a data container.
- *
- * \param datalen Length in bytes of the data in the container
- */
- #define PIMA_DATA_SIZE(datalen) ((sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock) - sizeof(PIMA_SendBlock.Params)) + datalen)
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a PIMA container, use to send commands and receive responses to and from an
- * attached Still Image device.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t DataLength; /**< Length of the container and data, in bytes */
- uint16_t Type; /**< Container type, a value from the PIMA_Container_Types_t enum */
- uint16_t Code; /**< Command, event or response code of the container */
- uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique container ID to link blocks together */
- uint32_t Params[4]; /**< Block parameters to be issued along with the block code (command blocks only) */
- } PIMA_Container_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible PIMA contains types. */
- enum PIMA_Container_Types_t
- {
- CType_Undefined = 0, /**< Undefined container type */
- CType_CommandBlock = 1, /**< Command Block container type */
- CType_DataBlock = 2, /**< Data Block container type */
- CType_ResponseBlock = 3, /**< Response container type */
- CType_EventBlock = 4, /**< Event Block container type */
- };
-
- /* External Variables: */
- extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
- extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
- extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void);
- uint8_t SImage_RecieveBlockHeader(void);
- void SImage_RecieveEventHeader(void);
- void SImage_SendData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes);
- uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* Buffer, uint16_t Bytes);
- bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void);
- uint8_t SImage_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c deleted file mode 100644 index 197e832f6..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,434 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
- * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "StillImageHost.h"
-
-/* Scheduler Task List */
-TASK_LIST
-{
- { .Task = USB_USBTask , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
- { .Task = USB_SImage_Host , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },
-};
-
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- * starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
- MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
- wdt_disable();
-
- /* Disable Clock Division */
- CLKPR = (1 << CLKPCE);
- CLKPR = 0;
-
- /* Hardware Initialization */
- SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
- LEDs_Init();
-
- /* Indicate USB not ready */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-
- /* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
- Scheduler_Init();
-
- /* Initialize USB Subsystem */
- USB_Init();
-
- /* Start-up message */
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY
- "Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));
-
- /* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
- Scheduler_Start();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
- * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
-
- /* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
- * stops the library USB task management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)
-{
- /* Stop USB management and Still Image tasks */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_SImage_Host, TASK_STOP);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
- * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
-{
- /* Once device is fully enumerated, start the Still Image Host task */
- Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_SImage_Host, TASK_RUN);
-
- /* Indicate device enumeration complete */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
-{
- USB_ShutDown();
-
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);
- for(;;);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
- * enumerating an attached USB device.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
-{
- puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);
-
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-}
-
-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to print device information
- * through the serial port.
- */
-TASK(USB_SImage_Host)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- switch (USB_HostState)
- {
- case HOST_STATE_Addressed:
- /* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
- .wValue = 1,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
- if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- puts_P(PSTR("Control error.\r\n"));
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Configured:
- puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
-
- /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
- if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
- {
- if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
- puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
- else
- puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));
-
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Ready:
- /* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device Info...\r\n"));
-
- PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
- {
- .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0),
- .Type = CType_CommandBlock,
- .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO,
- .TransactionID = 0x00000000,
- .Params = {},
- };
-
- /* Send the GETDEVICEINFO block */
- SImage_SendBlockHeader();
-
- /* Receive the response data block */
- if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Calculate the size of the returned device info data structure */
- uint16_t DeviceInfoSize = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
-
- /* Create a buffer large enough to hold the entire device info */
- uint8_t DeviceInfo[DeviceInfoSize];
-
- /* Read in the data block data (containing device info) */
- SImage_ReadData(DeviceInfo, DeviceInfoSize);
-
- /* Once all the data has been read, the pipe must be cleared before the response can be sent */
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- /* Create a pointer for walking through the info dataset */
- uint8_t* DeviceInfoPos = DeviceInfo;
-
- /* Skip over the data before the unicode device information strings */
- DeviceInfoPos += 8; // Skip to VendorExtensionDesc String
- DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over VendorExtensionDesc String
- DeviceInfoPos += 2; // Skip over FunctionalMode
- DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over OperationCode Array
- DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over EventCode Array
- DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over DevicePropCode Array
- DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over ObjectFormatCode Array
- DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over ObjectFormatCode Array
-
- /* Extract and convert the Manufacturer Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
- char Manufacturer[*DeviceInfoPos];
- UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Manufacturer);
- printf_P(PSTR(" Manufacturer: %s\r\n"), Manufacturer);
-
- DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over Manufacturer String
-
- /* Extract and convert the Model Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
- char Model[*DeviceInfoPos];
- UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Model);
- printf_P(PSTR(" Model: %s\r\n"), Model);
-
- DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1); // Skip over Model String
-
- /* Extract and convert the Device Version Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
- char DeviceVersion[*DeviceInfoPos];
- UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, DeviceVersion);
- printf_P(PSTR(" Device Version: %s\r\n"), DeviceVersion);
-
- /* Receive the final response block from the device */
- if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Verify that the command completed successfully */
- if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
- {
- ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n"));
-
- PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
- {
- .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
- .Type = CType_CommandBlock,
- .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION,
- .TransactionID = 0x00000000,
- .Params = {0x00000001},
- };
-
- /* Send the OPENSESSION block, open a session with an ID of 0x0001 */
- SImage_SendBlockHeader();
-
- /* Receive the response block from the device */
- if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Verify that the command completed successfully */
- if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
- {
- ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n"));
-
- PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
- {
- .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
- .Type = CType_CommandBlock,
- .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION,
- .TransactionID = 0x00000001,
- .Params = {0x00000001},
- };
-
- /* Send the CLOSESESSION block, close the session with an ID of 0x0001 */
- SImage_SendBlockHeader();
-
- /* Receive the response block from the device */
- if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Verify that the command completed successfully */
- if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
- {
- ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
- break;
- }
-
- puts_P(PSTR("Done.\r\n"));
-
- /* Indicate device no longer busy */
- UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/** Function to convert a given Unicode encoded string to ASCII. This function will only work correctly on Unicode
- * strings which contain ASCII printable characters only.
- *
- * \param UnicodeString Pointer to a Unicode encoded input string
- * \param Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the converted ASCII string should be stored
- */
-void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString, char* Buffer)
-{
- /* Get the number of characters in the string, skip to the start of the string data */
- uint8_t CharactersRemaining = *(UnicodeString++);
-
- /* Loop through the entire unicode string */
- while (CharactersRemaining--)
- {
- /* Load in the next unicode character (only the lower byte, only Unicode coded ASCII supported) */
- *(Buffer++) = *UnicodeString;
-
- /* Jump to the next unicode character */
- UnicodeString += 2;
- }
-
- /* Null terminate the string */
- *Buffer = 0;
-}
-
-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
- * log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
- *
- * \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the StillImageHost_StatusCodes_t enum
- */
-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
-{
- uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
-
- /* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
- switch (CurrentStatus)
- {
- case Status_USBNotReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
- break;
- case Status_USBEnumerating:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_USBReady:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);
- break;
- case Status_EnumerationError:
- case Status_HardwareError:
- case Status_PIMACommandError:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);
- break;
- case Status_Busy:
- LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
- break;
- }
-
- /* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
- LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
-}
-
-/** Displays a PIMA command error via the device's serial port.
- *
- * \param ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
- * \param ResponseCodeError Indicates if the error is due to a command failed indication from the device, or a communication failure
- */
-void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode, bool ResponseCodeError)
-{
- char* FailureType = ((ResponseCodeError) ? PSTR("Response Code != OK") : PSTR("Transaction Fail"));
-
- printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Command Error (%S).\r\n"), FailureType);
- printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
-
- /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
- UpdateStatus(Status_PIMACommandError);
-
- /* Wait until USB device disconnected */
- while (USB_IsConnected);
-}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h deleted file mode 100644 index b563767cc..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
- and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
- granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
- copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Header file for StillImageHost.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
-#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/wdt.h>
- #include <avr/power.h>
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
-
- #include "Lib/PIMACodes.h"
- #include "Lib/StillImageCommands.h"
-
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h> // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h> // Serial stream driver
- #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LED driver
- #include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h> // Simple scheduler for task management
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
- enum StillImageHost_StatusCodes_t
- {
- Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */
- Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
- Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
- Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_HardwareError = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */
- Status_Busy = 5, /**< Busy reading or writing to the attached Still Image device */
- Status_PIMACommandError = 6, /**< Error while sending or receiving a PIM command to the attached device */
- };
-
- /* Task Definitions: */
- TASK(USB_SImage_Host);
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
- void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
-
- void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* restrict UnicodeString, char* restrict Buffer);
- void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode, bool ResponseCodeError);
- void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4cdfe6346..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo
- *
- * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- * <td>Host</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- * <td>Still Image Device</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- * <td>N/A</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- * <td>USBIF Still Image Class Specification</td>
- * <td>PIMA 15740 Specification</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
- * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- * Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
- * application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as
- * digital cameras.
- *
- * This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its
- * information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the
- * session.
- *
- * \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * None
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- */
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 8c1ca0b45..000000000 --- a/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,735 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
-# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
-#
-# Released to the Public Domain
-#
-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
-# Peter Fleury
-# Tim Henigan
-# Colin O'Flynn
-# Reiner Patommel
-# Markus Pfaff
-# Sander Pool
-# Frederik Rouleau
-# Carlos Lamas
-# Dean Camera
-# Opendous Inc.
-# Denver Gingerich
-#
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# On command line:
-#
-# make all = Make software.
-#
-# make clean = Clean out built project files.
-#
-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
-#
-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
-#
-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
-# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
-#
-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
-# have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
-# have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
-# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
-#
-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
-# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
-#
-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
-# DoxyGen installed)
-#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
-# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
-#
-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
-#
-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
-# bug reports to the GCC project.
-#
-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# MCU name
-MCU = at90usb1287
-
-
-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
-# "Board" inside the application directory.
-BOARD = USBKEY
-
-
-# Processor frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
-# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
-# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
-# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
-# Typical values are:
-# F_CPU = 1000000
-# F_CPU = 1843200
-# F_CPU = 2000000
-# F_CPU = 3686400
-# F_CPU = 4000000
-# F_CPU = 7372800
-# F_CPU = 8000000
-# F_CPU = 11059200
-# F_CPU = 14745600
-# F_CPU = 16000000
-# F_CPU = 18432000
-# F_CPU = 20000000
-F_CPU = 8000000
-
-
-# Input clock frequency.
-# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
-# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
-# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
-# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
-# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
-# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
-# source code.
-#
-# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
-# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
-F_CLOCK = 8000000
-
-
-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
-FORMAT = ihex
-
-
-# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = StillImageHost
-
-
-# Object files directory
-# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
-# this an empty or blank macro!
-OBJDIR = .
-
-
-# Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH = ../../..
-
-
-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-SRC = $(TARGET).c \
- ConfigDescriptor.c \
- Lib/StillImageCommands.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \
- $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
-
-
-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
-CPPSRC =
-
-
-# List Assembler source files here.
-# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
-# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
-# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
-# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
-# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
-# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
-ASRC =
-
-
-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
-# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
-# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
-OPT = s
-
-
-# Debugging format.
-# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
-# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
-# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
-DEBUG = dwarf-2
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
-
-
-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
-# c89 = "ANSI" C
-# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
-# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
-# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
-CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY
-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
-
-
-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
-
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
-CFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
-# -g*: generate debugging information
-# -O*: optimization level
-# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
-# -Wall...: warning level
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
-CPPFLAGS += -Wall
-CFLAGS += -Wundef
-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
-
-
-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
-# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
-# -adhlns: create listing
-# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
-# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
-# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
-# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
-# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
-# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
-
-
-#---------------- Library Options ----------------
-# Minimalistic printf version
-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
-
-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
-PRINTF_LIB =
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-# Minimalistic scanf version
-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
-
-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
-
-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
-SCANF_LIB =
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
-
-
-MATH_LIB = -lm
-
-
-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
-# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
-# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
-# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
-EXTRALIBDIRS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
-# only used for heap (malloc()).
-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
-
-EXTMEMOPTS =
-
-
-
-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
-# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
-# -Map: create map file
-# --cref: add cross reference to map file
-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
-
-
-
-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
-
-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
-#
-# Type: avrdude -c ?
-# to get a full listing.
-#
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
-
-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
-
-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
-
-
-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
-# see avrdude manual.
-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
-
-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
-# performed after programming the device.
-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
-
-# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
-# to submit bug reports.
-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
-
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
-
-
-
-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
-
-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
-
-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
-# DEBUG_UI = gdb
-DEBUG_UI = insight
-
-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
-
-# GDB Init Filename.
-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
-
-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
-
-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
-DEBUG_PORT = 4242
-
-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
-# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
-# avarice is running on a different computer.
-DEBUG_HOST = localhost
-
-
-
-#============================================================================
-
-
-# Define programs and commands.
-SHELL = sh
-CC = avr-gcc
-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
-SIZE = avr-size
-AR = avr-ar rcs
-NM = avr-nm
-AVRDUDE = avrdude
-REMOVE = rm -f
-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
-COPY = cp
-WINSHELL = cmd
-
-# Define Messages
-# English
-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
-MSG_END = -------- end --------
-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
-MSG_LINKING = Linking:
-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
-
-
-
-
-# Define all object files.
-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
-
-# Define all listing files.
-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
-
-
-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
-
-
-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
-# Add target processor to flags.
-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
-
-
-
-
-
-# Default target.
-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
-build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
-
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex
-eep: $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
-lib: $(LIBNAME)
-
-
-
-# Eye candy.
-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
-begin:
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
-
-end:
- @echo $(MSG_END)
- @echo
-
-
-# Display size of file.
-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-sizebefore:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-sizeafter:
- @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
- 2>/dev/null; echo; fi
-
-checkhooks: build
- @echo
- @echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
- @$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
- cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
- echo "(None)"
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checklibmode:
- @echo
- @echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
- @$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
- | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
- || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-checkboard:
- @echo
- @echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
- @echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
- @echo ------------------------------------
-
-# Display compiler version information.
-gccversion :
- @$(CC) --version
-
-
-
-# Program the device.
-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-
-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
-# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
-# a breakpoint at main().
-gdb-config:
- @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
- @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
- @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-endif
- @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
- @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
- $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
- @$(WINSHELL) /c pause
-
-else
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
- $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
-endif
- @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
-
-
-
-
-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
-
-
-
-coff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
- $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
-
-
-
-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
- $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
- -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
- --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
- $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
-
-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
- $(NM) -n $< > $@
-
-
-
-# Create library from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.a: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
- $(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
-
-
-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
-%.elf: $(OBJ)
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
- $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
-%.s : %.c
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
-%.s : %.cpp
- $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
- @echo
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
- $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
-%.i : %.c
- $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-
-# Target: clean project.
-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
-
-clean_binary:
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
-
-clean_list:
- @echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
- $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
- $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
- $(REMOVEDIR) .dep
-
-
-doxygen:
- @echo Generating Project Documentation...
- @doxygen Doxygen.conf
- @echo Documentation Generation Complete.
-
-clean_doxygen:
- rm -rf Documentation
-
-# Create object files directory
-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
-
-
-# Include the dependency files.
--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
-
-
-# Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c index 95aafca8c..afeace02f 100644 --- a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c +++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c @@ -107,10 +107,6 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void) {
uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
- /* Unfreeze the OUT pipe so that it can be checked */
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
@@ -130,7 +126,9 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void) return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
}
+ Pipe_Freeze();
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
@@ -140,8 +138,10 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void) return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
}
-
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
@@ -156,6 +156,12 @@ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void) if (!(USB_IsConnected))
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
};
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
}
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h index 28f6a1561..e939f1c86 100644 --- a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h +++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ #define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
/** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet */
- #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 500
+ #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 2000
/** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data IN pipe */
#define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE 1
diff --git a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c index 6810320e8..354a75fc7 100644 --- a/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c +++ b/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c @@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ void SetupHardware(void) SerialStream_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
|